All india radio,alwar
-
Upload
govil-sharma -
Category
Education
-
view
1.347 -
download
0
description
Transcript of All india radio,alwar
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
A
TRAINING REPORT
ON
ALL INDIA RADIO ldquoPRASAR BHARTIrdquo
Submitted by- Submitted to-
Govil Sharma Sanjay kumar singh
7th Sem ECE ECE Department
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY ALWAR
Session 2013-14
1
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CERETIFICATE
This is to certify that the project report entitled ldquo_ALL INDIA
RADIOrdquo submitted by Govil Sharma under my supervision is
students own work and has not been submitted elsewhere for the
award of any degree to the best of my knowledge amp belief
Amrinder B Singh
HOD
Electronics amp communication
2
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti
Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp
performance of the station
First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI
(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti
Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA
(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete
our training
I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training
incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH
KUMAR gupta for guiding me
Regarded
Govil Sharma
Electronics amp Communication Engineering
4th Year7th Sem
3
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ABSTRACT
The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922
The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-
1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting
Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936
AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium
frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is
9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the
commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and
popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State
Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June
1933
4
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with
frequencies below those of visible light
bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication
bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national
service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation
of India
1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9
INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9
2 STUDIO 10-17
INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17
3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23
LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20
5
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CERETIFICATE
This is to certify that the project report entitled ldquo_ALL INDIA
RADIOrdquo submitted by Govil Sharma under my supervision is
students own work and has not been submitted elsewhere for the
award of any degree to the best of my knowledge amp belief
Amrinder B Singh
HOD
Electronics amp communication
2
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti
Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp
performance of the station
First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI
(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti
Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA
(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete
our training
I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training
incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH
KUMAR gupta for guiding me
Regarded
Govil Sharma
Electronics amp Communication Engineering
4th Year7th Sem
3
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ABSTRACT
The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922
The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-
1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting
Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936
AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium
frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is
9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the
commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and
popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State
Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June
1933
4
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with
frequencies below those of visible light
bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication
bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national
service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation
of India
1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9
INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9
2 STUDIO 10-17
INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17
3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23
LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20
5
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti
Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp
performance of the station
First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI
(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti
Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA
(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete
our training
I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training
incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH
KUMAR gupta for guiding me
Regarded
Govil Sharma
Electronics amp Communication Engineering
4th Year7th Sem
3
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ABSTRACT
The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922
The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-
1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting
Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936
AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium
frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is
9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the
commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and
popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State
Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June
1933
4
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with
frequencies below those of visible light
bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication
bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national
service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation
of India
1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9
INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9
2 STUDIO 10-17
INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17
3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23
LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20
5
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ABSTRACT
The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922
The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-
1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting
Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936
AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium
frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is
9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the
commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and
popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State
Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June
1933
4
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with
frequencies below those of visible light
bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication
bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national
service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation
of India
1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9
INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9
2 STUDIO 10-17
INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17
3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23
LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20
5
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with
frequencies below those of visible light
bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication
bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national
service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation
of India
1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9
INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9
2 STUDIO 10-17
INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17
3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23
LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20
5
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23
4 TRANSMITTER 24-43
INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42
CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47
6
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
7
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONTROL ROOM-
Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control
room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this
control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter
bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place
connected with all the other segments of broadcast
bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From
here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of
changes take place when one speaks through a microphone
You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded
bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these
waves to the transmitter
bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into
sounds There is no time gap in the whole process
8
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries
bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW
or above
bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity
bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas
the high power transmitters are installed outside the city
9
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CONSOL BOARD -
The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access
several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then
putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider
several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks
The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the
music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and
the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is
referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo
10
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks
have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-
phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and
stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier
11
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
12
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
13
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO RECEIVER-
Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where
voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of
electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced
by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors
various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where
electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as
well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles
that a radio receiver has are
ACTION AREA-
This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this
members are do his working properly They arehellip
Station Director
The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme
wing In some stations they are called managers
Station Engineer
The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work
at the radio station
14
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene
They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are
responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts
Programme personnel
These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of
radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of
the pogramme broadcast process
Transmission staff
Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as
transmission executives
15
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
16
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
INTERODUCTION-
A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and
equipped
The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound
of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music
played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent
directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often
sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal
processing gear
17
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MICROPHONE RECORDING-
1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the
sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest
frequencies of the sound
2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you
hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room
acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the
instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing
wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar
The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital
capability and 20 analog
NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time
18
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
CHANNELS 1-5 MICS
(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)
CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER
CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK
(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot
Keys)
CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2
(Switch bank of buttons)
HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-
The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the
phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air
This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio
19
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM
1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)
2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)
RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes
andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station
20
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing
Linear Editing
In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing
Non-Linear Editing
When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program
Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy
21
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose
EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose
EditgtTrim
For removeing the unwanted part of recording-
22
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMISSION UNIT-
The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio
station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls
and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus
The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering
or raising functions
Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of
the console
23
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
24
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO BROADCASTING-
What is broadcasting-
The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting
Need-
We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence
Means of broadcasting-
1 Terrestrial
2 Satellite
3 Internet
1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -
HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW
LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W
VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W
2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth
HISTORY-
The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year
1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical
programme
In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting
company
The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935
A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created
The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian
broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed
From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in
different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi
From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI
On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is
celebrated as broadcasting day
25
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for
the public
Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white
transmission
The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian
games
Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered
exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over
time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating
information
Broadcasting consol with transmission-
26
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)
1 Introduction
11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section
and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected
power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc
12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50
feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section
and serial interface cable
13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure
14 Integral RF Test Port facility
15 Frequency Channel field configurable
Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-
VIVIDH BHARATI-
The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957
with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from
November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly
85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical
folk light and devotional music are also broadcast
Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre
geethello farmaish etc
27
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash
All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations
Farm amp Home Broadcasts
The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community
MANAGE TRAINING
Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops
ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES
Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners
28
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
29
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
30
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
TRANSMITTER-
ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets
ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control
room
ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast
ndash There are two types of transmitters
1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)
ndash Likewise there are
1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters
The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some
distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF
transmission
FEATURES-
Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack
Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs
Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)
Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter
High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply
Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module
Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit
1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF
31
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg
Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack
Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack
Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)
32
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
33
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
34
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
35
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast
mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter
offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM
transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw
36
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
37
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
AMPLIFIERS-
As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available
power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to
augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the
antenna and has an additional
Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and
can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached
radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off
again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal
before sending it to the radio
Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking
problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a
number of significant drawbacks to using them
bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz
and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications
EXCITERS -
a) DPDG Corrector
This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the
transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in
opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt
output stays
38
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
b) Low Pass Filter
The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video
information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing
as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant
group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video
characteristics
c) Delay Equalizer
This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and
transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought
into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for
achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are
introduced
39
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
e) IF Oscillator
This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz
Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the
Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local
Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit
f) Local Oscillator Unit-
This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required
channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed
iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability
40
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-
Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency
signals this process is called modulation
Modulation are three types---
1 Amplitude modulation
2 Frequency modulation
3 Phase modulation
41
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency
modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude
modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security
FREQUENCY MODULATION-
In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the
carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation
Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include
information of a message signal in FM
and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used
in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as
Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore
referred to as the instantaneous phase
42
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency
In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal
DEMODULATION-
Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information
we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW
DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a
recognizable
43
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
FM DEMODULATION-
In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the
variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center
frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will
vary linearly according to the
instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is
varied with the message signal
44
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
ANTENNA-
Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna
that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be
high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a
piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to
give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case
since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This
fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The
external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind
conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)
Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity
Test Proposal Test Case
_ VSWR Test
45
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
_ Frequency Band Test
_ Isolation between port Test
_ Direct Ground Test
Test Proposal
bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT
bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible
bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in
field
POWER SUPPLY-
46
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows
i) Filament Supply
ii) Bias supply
iii) Plate Voltage Supply
iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply
i) Fillament Supply-
This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave
rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the
reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the
starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The
transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value
ii) Bias Power Supply
This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent
sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP
adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP
adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current
of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal
operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of
failure of the first section
iii) Screen Grid Power Supply
This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)
Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be
47
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V
amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W
+ 28V SMPS
The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one
80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL
ONOFF facilities for each module are provided
CONCLUSIONS
48
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY
Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels
It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated
The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture
To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider
Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field
49